AuroraMiddleware/gtk
1
0
Fork 1
mirror of https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk.git synced 2024-12-27 22:20:24 +00:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
3f32a4da46
gtk/po-properties/nn.po

4654 lines
122 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
# translation of nn.po to Norwegian Nynorsk
# Norwegian translation of gtk+.
# Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@gnome.org>, 1998-2001.
# Roy-Magne Mo <rmo@sunnmore.net>, 2001-2002.
# Åsmund Skjæveland <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>, 2003, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nn\n"
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-09-19 00:27-0400\n"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-03 23:53+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Åsmund Skjæveland <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn@lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:102
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of Channels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:103
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
msgstr "XPM-fila har ugyldig tal på teikn per piksel"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:113
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Colorspace"
msgstr "Lukk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:114
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
msgstr ""
# TRN: «Alpha» eller «alfa»?
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Has Alpha"
msgstr "Bruk alfa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:125
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:133
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bits per Sample"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of bits per sample"
msgstr "Tal på rader i tabellen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:144 gtk/gtklayout.c:651 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Breidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
msgstr "Tal på kolonner i tabellen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:155 gtk/gtklayout.c:660
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Høgde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
msgstr "Tal på rader i tabellen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rowstride"
msgstr "Rader"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Tal på pikslar mellom rullefelta og vindauget som vert rulla"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:177
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:178
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:127
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "Standard skjerm"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "Standard skjerm for GDK"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Snøggtastlukking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "Lukkinga som skal overvakast for snøggtastendringar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Snøggtastelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "Skjermelementet som skal overvakast for snøggtastendringar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:196 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Eit unikt namn på handlinga"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:204 gtk/gtkbutton.c:213 gtk/gtkexpander.c:206
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:127 gtk/gtklabel.c:294 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Merkelapp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Merkelappen som vert brukt på menyval og knappar som utfører denne handlinga"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Kort merkelapp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr "Ein kortare merkelapp som kan brukast på verktøylinjeknappar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Verktøytips"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Eit verktøytips for denne handlinga"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Standard-ikon"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
"Standardikonet som vert vist i skjermelement som representerer denne "
"handlinga"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:234 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:159
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Synleg når vassrett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:235 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr "Om verktøylinjeelementet er synleg når verktøylinja er vassrett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "Synleg når loddrett"
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:251
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:258 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Synleg når loddrett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:259 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr "Om verktøylinjeelementet er synleg når verktøylinja er loddrett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:266 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:173
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "Er viktig"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:267
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr "Om handlinga vert rekna for viktig. Når sann,"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:275
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Gøym dersom tom"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:276
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:282 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:142 gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:221
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:450
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Kjenslevart"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:283
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Om handlinga er tilgjengeleg"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:289 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:149 gtk/gtktreeview.c:579
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:225 gtk/gtkwidget.c:443
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Synleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:290
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Om handlinga er synleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:296
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Handling"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:297
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Eit namn på handlingsgruppa."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Om handlinga er tilgjengeleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Om handlinga er synleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:108 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:303
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Verdi"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:109
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "Namnet på skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:118
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Minste X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:119
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "Namnet på skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:128
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Største lengde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:129
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "Namnet på skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:138
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Skjerm"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:139
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "Innhaldet i oppføringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:148
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:149
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "Innhaldet i oppføringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:158
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Største storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:159
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "Tilstanden til knappen (av/på)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:118
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Vassrett justering"
# TRN: Er desimaltalseparator {,.} lokalisert? I.e. skal eg bruka komma?
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:119 gtk/gtkbutton.c:264
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Vassrett justering for barn i det tilgjengelege området. 0,0 er "
"venstrejustert, 1,0 er høgrejustert"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Loddrett justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:129 gtk/gtkbutton.c:283
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Loddrett plassering av barn i det tilgjengelege området. 0,0 er øvst, 1,0 er "
"nedst."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Vassrett skala"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:138
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Dersom det tilgjengelege vassrette området er større enn kva barnet krev, "
"kor mykje av det overskytande skal barnet bruka? 0,0 er ingenting, 1,0 er alt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Loddrett skala"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Dersom det tilgjengelege loddrette området er større enn kva barnet krev, "
"kor mykje av det overskytande skal barnet bruka? 0,0 er ingenting, 1,0 er alt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:164
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "Polstring øvst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:165
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "Polstring som skal setjast inn øvst på skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "Polstring nedst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "Polstring som skal setjast inn nedst på skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "Polstring til venstre"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "Polstring som skal setjast inn til venstre for skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Polstring til venstre"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr "Polstring som skal setjast inn til høgre for skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:100
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Retning på pil"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:101
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "Retninga pila skal peika"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:108
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Skuggen til pila"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:109
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Utsjånaden til skuggen rundt pila"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:110
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Vassrett justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:111
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "X-justeringa til barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:117
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "loddrett justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:118
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Y-justeringa til barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Tilhøve"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:125
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Minste breidde på barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:122
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Minste breidde på knappar inni boksen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Minste høgde på barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Minste høgde på knappane inni boksen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Intern polstring i breidda i barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Kor mykje storleiken til barnet skal aukast på kvar side"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Intern polstring i høgda i barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "Kor mykje storleiken til barnet skal aukast oppe og nede"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "Stil på plassering"
# TRN: Skal verdiane omsetjast?
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:158
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr ""
"Korleis knappane skal plasserast i boksen. Moglege verdiar er «default», "
"«spread», «edge», «start» og «end»."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Sekundær"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er sann, vil barnet plasserast i ei sekundær gruppe med barn, "
"høveleg til t.d. help-knappar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:130 gtk/gtkexpander.c:230 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Mellomrom"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "Kor mykje mellomrom det skal vera mellom barna"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:140 gtk/gtknotebook.c:473 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:541
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homogen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:141
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Om alle barna skal vera like store"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:148 gtk/gtkpreview.c:133 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:533
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:306
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Utvid"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Om barnet skal få meir plass når forelderen veks"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:155
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fill"
msgstr "Fyll"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Om ekstra mellomrom som barnet får skal brukast av etterkommaren eller "
"brukast som polstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "Polstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr "Ekstra mellomrom å setja mellom barnet og naboane, i pikslar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Type pakking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:170 gtk/gtknotebook.c:517
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"Ein GtkPackType som viser om barnet er pakka med referanse til starten eller "
"slutten av opphavet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:176 gtk/gtknotebook.c:495 gtk/gtkpaned.c:240
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posisjon"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:177 gtk/gtknotebook.c:496
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "Indeksen til barnet i forelderen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:214
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Tekst på merkelappen inni knappen, dersom knappen inneheld ein merkelapp"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:221 gtk/gtkexpander.c:214 gtk/gtklabel.c:315
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Bruk understreking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:222 gtk/gtkexpander.c:215 gtk/gtklabel.c:316
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er satt, skal ei understreking i teksten visa at det neste "
"teiknet skal brukast som snøggtast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Bruk standard"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:230
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er satt, skal merkelappen brukast til å velja ei "
"standardoppføring i staden for å visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:237 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:612
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Fokuser ved klikk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:238
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Om knappen tek fokus når han vert klikka med musa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:245
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Kantrelieff"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Stilen på kantrelieffet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:263
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Vassrett justering av barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:282
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Loddrett justering av barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:351
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Spacing"
msgstr "Standard mellomrom"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:352
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
msgstr "Ekstra plass som skal brukast til CAN_DEFAULT-knappar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:358
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
msgstr "Standard utvendig mellomrom"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:359
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside the "
"border"
msgstr ""
"Ekstra mellomrom som skal leggjast til på CAN_DEFAULT-knapparsom alltid vert "
"teikna utanfor kanten"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:364
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "X-forskyvinga av barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:365
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Kor langt i X-retninga barnet skal flytta seg når knappen vert trykt ned"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:372
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Y-forskyvinga av barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:373
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Kor langt i Y-retninga barnet skal flytta seg når knappen vert trykt ned"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:380
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:381
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
msgstr "Om arkfaner skal visast eller ikkje"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:468
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Year"
msgstr "År"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "Det valde året"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:475
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Månad"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:476
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "Den valde månaden (som eit tal mellom 0 og 11)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:482
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Dag"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:483
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"Den valda dagen (som eit tal mellom 1 og 31, eller 0 for få fjerna det "
"noverande valet)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:497
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Vis overskrift"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:498
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Dersom denne er sann, vert ei overskrift vist"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:512
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Vis namn på dagar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Dersom denne er sann, vert namna på dagane viste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:526
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Ikkje endra månad"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:527
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Dersom denne er sann, kan ikkje den valde månaden endrast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:541
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Vis vekenummer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:542
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Dersom denne er sann, vert vekenummera viste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "mode"
msgstr "modus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Redigerbar modus for CellRenderer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:214
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "visible"
msgstr "synleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Vis cella"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Vis cella"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xjustering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:230
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "X-justeringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yjustering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "Y-justeringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xfyll"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "X-polstringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:262
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "yfyll"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:263
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "Y-polstringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:273
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "width"
msgstr "breidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:274
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "Den faste breidda"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:284
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "height"
msgstr "høgde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:285
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "Den faste høgda"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:295
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "Er utvidar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:296
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "Rada har barn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:305
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Er utvida"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:306
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "Rada er ei utvidarrad, og er utvida"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:314
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Namn på bakgrunnsfargen til cella"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfargen til cella, som ein streng"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:322
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfargen til cella"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:323
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfargen til cella, som ein GdkColor"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfargen til cella er satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:332
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga har noko å seia for bakgrunnsfargen til cella"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Pixbuf-objekt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:138
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "Pixbuf som skal teiknast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Pixbuf for open utvidar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for open utvidar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:155
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Pixbuf for lukka utvidar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for lukka utvidar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:164 gtk/gtkimage.c:180
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "Standard-ID"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:165
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "Standard-ID på standardikonet som skal teiknast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:173
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Storleiken på oppteikna ikon"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detalj"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Teikningsdetalj som skal sendast til draktmotoren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:204 gtk/gtkentry.c:573 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Tekst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Tekst som skal teiknast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Oppmerking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Oppmerka tekst som skal teiknast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220 gtk/gtklabel.c:301
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attributtar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:221
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Ei liste over stilattributtar som skal brukast på teksten til teiknaren"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Ei paragraf-modus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Om all teksten skal haldast i eitt avsnitt eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 gtk/gtkcellview.c:180 gtk/gtktexttag.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Namn på bakgrunnsfargen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:238 gtk/gtkcellview.c:181 gtk/gtktexttag.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfarge, som ein streng"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:245 gtk/gtkcellview.c:187 gtk/gtktexttag.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfarge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:246 gtk/gtkcellview.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfarge, som ein GdkColor"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253 gtk/gtktexttag.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Namn på framgrunnsfarge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254 gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Framgrunnsfarge, som ein streng"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261 gtk/gtktexttag.c:249
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Framgrunnsfarge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Framgrunnsfarge, som ein GdkColor"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270 gtk/gtkentry.c:505 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:577
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Kan redigerast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:271 gtk/gtktexttag.c:276 gtk/gtktextview.c:578
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Om teksten kan endrast av brukaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:222 gtk/gtktexttag.c:283 gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Skrifttype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string"
msgstr "Skildring av skrifttypen, som ein streng"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 gtk/gtktexttag.c:292
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Skildring av skrifttypen, som ein PangoFontDescription-struktur"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:295 gtk/gtktexttag.c:300
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Skriftfamilie"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:296 gtk/gtktexttag.c:301
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "Namn på skriftfamilien, t.d. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:303 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:308
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Skriftstil"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:313
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:317
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Skriftvariant"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:321 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:322
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:326
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Skriftvekt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:331 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:332
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:337
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Strekking av skrifttypen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:346
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Skriftstorleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:350 gtk/gtktexttag.c:366
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Skrift punkt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:351 gtk/gtktexttag.c:367
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Storleiken på skrifta, i punkt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:360 gtk/gtktexttag.c:356
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Skalering på skrifttype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:361
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Skaleringsfaktor for skrifttypen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:370 gtk/gtktexttag.c:425
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Hev"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Kor mykje teksten skal løftast over grunnlinja (negative verdiar er under "
"grunnlinja)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:381 gtk/gtktexttag.c:465
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Gjennomstreking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:382 gtk/gtktexttag.c:466
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Om teksten skal strekast gjennom"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:389 gtk/gtktexttag.c:473
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Understreking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390 gtk/gtktexttag.c:474
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Stil for understreking av denne teksten"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398 gtk/gtktexttag.c:385
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Språk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:399
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"Språket denne teksten er i, som ein ISO-kode. Pango kan bruka dette som eit "
"hint når teksten vert teikna. Dersom du ikkje skjønar denne parameteren, "
"treng du han truleg ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:407 gtk/gtklabel.c:407
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:408
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:418 gtk/gtkcellview.c:195 gtk/gtktexttag.c:510
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Bakgrunnen satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:419 gtk/gtkcellview.c:196 gtk/gtktexttag.c:511
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar bakgrunnsfargen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:422 gtk/gtktexttag.c:522
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Framgrunn satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:423 gtk/gtktexttag.c:523
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar framgrunnsfargen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:426 gtk/gtktexttag.c:530
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Er redigerbar satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:427 gtk/gtktexttag.c:531
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påverkar om teksten kan redigerast eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:430 gtk/gtktexttag.c:534
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Skriftfamilie satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:431 gtk/gtktexttag.c:535
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar skriftfamilien"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:434 gtk/gtktexttag.c:538
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Stil på skrifttype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:435 gtk/gtktexttag.c:539
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar skriftstilen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:438 gtk/gtktexttag.c:542
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Skrifttypevariant satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:439 gtk/gtktexttag.c:543
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar skrifttypevarianten"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:442 gtk/gtktexttag.c:546
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Skrifttyngd satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:443 gtk/gtktexttag.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar skriftvekta"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:446 gtk/gtktexttag.c:550
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Skriftstrekk satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:447 gtk/gtktexttag.c:551
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar skriftstrekkinga"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:450 gtk/gtktexttag.c:554
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Skriftstorleik satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:451 gtk/gtktexttag.c:555
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar skriftstorleiken"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:454 gtk/gtktexttag.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Skriftskalering satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:455 gtk/gtktexttag.c:559
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga skalerar skriftstorleiken med ein gitt faktor"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:458 gtk/gtktexttag.c:578
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Stilt til å hevast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:459 gtk/gtktexttag.c:579
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar hevinga"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 gtk/gtktexttag.c:594
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Gjennomstreking satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:463 gtk/gtktexttag.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar gjennomstrekinga"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:466 gtk/gtktexttag.c:602
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Understreking satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:467 gtk/gtktexttag.c:603
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar understrekinga"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:470 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:474
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:566
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Språk satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:471 gtk/gtktexttag.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar språket teksten skal teiknast i"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:475
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar hevinga"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Knapptilstand"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "Tilstanden til knappen (av/på)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Ikkje konsistent tilstand"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "Den ikkje konsistente tilstanden til knappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Aktiverbar"
# TRN: «Aktivera» er eit fy-ord, seier retningslinjene.
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "Avkryssingsboksen kan aktiverast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Radiotilstand"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Teikn avkryssingsboksen som ein radioknapp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:100 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:141 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Indikatorstorleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Storleik på radio- og avkryssingsindikator"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:108 gtk/gtkexpander.c:256 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Mellomrom rundt indikator"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:109
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Mellomrom rundt avkryssings- eller radioindikator"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:118 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "I bruk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:119
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Om menyoppføringa er kryssa av"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:126 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inkonsistent"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:127
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Om inkonsistente tilstandar skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Teikn som radiomenyoppføring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr "Om menyoppføringa ser ut som ei radiomenyoppføring"
# TRN: «Alpha» eller «alfa»?
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:203
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Bruk alfa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Om fargen skal få ein alfa-verdi"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:218 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:176
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Tittel"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "Tittelen på fargeveljardialogen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:233 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1782
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Noverande farge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:234
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "Den valte fargen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:248 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1789
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Noverande alfa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:249
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"Noverande verdi for kor ugjennomsiktig fargen er (0 er heilt gjennomsiktig, "
"65535 er heilt ugjennomsiktig)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1768
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Har kontroll for kor ugjennomsiktig fargen er"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1769
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Om fargeveljaren skal tillata å velja kor ugjennomsiktig fargen er"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1775
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Har palett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1776
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Om ein palett skal brukast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1783
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "Den noverande fargen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1790
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"Noverande verdi for kor ugjennomsiktig fargen er (0 er heilt gjennomsiktig, "
"65535 er heilt ugjennomsiktig)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1804
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Eigendefinert palett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1805
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "Palett som skal brukast i fargeveljaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable arrow keys"
msgstr "Bruk piltastar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
msgstr "Om piltastane kan brukast til å bla gjennom lista med oppføringar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Always enable arrows"
msgstr "Alltid bruk piltastar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
msgstr "Gamal eigenskap, overser"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:159
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr "Skil mellom små og store bokstavar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
msgstr ""
"Om det vert gjort skilnad på store og små bokstavar når oppføringar vert "
"samanlikna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow empty"
msgstr "Tillat tom"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:168
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
msgstr "Om feltet skal godta tomme verdiar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:175
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value in list"
msgstr "Verdi i lista"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:176
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
msgstr "Om verdiar som vert skrivne inn alt må vera i lista"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:529
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Kombinasjonsboks-modell"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:530
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "Modellen for kombinasjonsboksen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:537
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Brytingsbreidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:538
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for layouting the items in a grid"
msgstr "Brytingsbreidde når elementa vert plasserte i eit rutenett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:548
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:557
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Vald oppføring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:569
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "Oppføringa som er valt no"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:588 gtk/gtkuimanager.c:221
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Legg til avrivingslinjer på menyane"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:589
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr "Om arkfanene skal vera like store"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:604 gtk/gtkentry.c:530
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Har ramme"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:605
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Om kolonna kan omorganiserast etter titlar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Om knappen tek fokus når han vert klikka med musa"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:619
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr ""
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:620
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Om det skal veljast mapper i staden for filer"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:114
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Tekstkolonne"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:115
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "Ei kolonne som strengane skal hentast frå i datakjeldemodellen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Modus for endring av storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Spesifiser korleis hendingar for endring av storleik skal handsamast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Breidde på kant"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:214
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "Breidda på den tomme kanten utanfor barna til haldaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:222
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Barn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:223
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Kan brukast til å leggja til eit nytt barn i haldaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:123
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Curve type"
msgstr "Kurve type"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum X"
msgstr "Minste X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:133
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
msgstr "Minste moglege verdi for X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum X"
msgstr "Største X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible X value"
msgstr "Største moglege verdi for X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Y"
msgstr "Minste Y"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
msgstr "Minste moglege verdi for Y"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Y"
msgstr "Største Y"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
msgstr "Største moglege verdi for Y"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "Har skiljelinje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
msgstr "Dialogen har ei skiljelinje over knappane sine"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:173
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Kant rundt innhaldsområde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Breidde på kanten rundt hovuddialogområdet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Avstand mellom knappar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Avstand mellom knappar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Kant rundt handlingsområde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr "Breidde på kanten rundt knappeområdet i botnen av dialogen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:485 gtk/gtklabel.c:372
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Markørplassering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:486 gtk/gtklabel.c:373
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "Den noverande plasseringa til innsetjingsmarkøren, i teikn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:495 gtk/gtklabel.c:382
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Utvalsgrense"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:496 gtk/gtklabel.c:383
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Posisjonen til den andre enden av utvalet, målt i teikn frå markøren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:506
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Om innhaldet i oppføringa kan redigerast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:513
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Største lengde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:514
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr ""
"Øvre grense for tal på teikn for denne oppføringa. Null dersom ikkje noko "
"øvre grense"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:522
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Synleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:523
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"Dersom usann, vert «usynleg tekst» vist i staden for den faktiske teksten "
"(passordmodus)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:531
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "Dersom usann, vert den ytre kanten fjerna frå oppføringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:538
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Usynleg teikn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:539
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr "Teiknet som skal brukast til å gøyma innhaldet i felt (i passordmodus)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:546
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "Bruk forvald"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
"Om det forvalde skjermelementet (t.d. den forvalde knappen i ein dialog) "
"skal brukast når Enter vert trykt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:553
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Breidde i teikn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:554
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Tal på teikn som det skal setjast av plass til i feltet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:563
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Utrulla"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:564
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Kor mange pikslar av oppføringa som har rulla av venstre sida av skjermen"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:574
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Innhaldet i oppføringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:589 gtk/gtkmisc.c:100
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "X align"
msgstr "X-justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:590 gtk/gtkmisc.c:101
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"layouts."
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgstr "Den vassrette justeringa, frå 0 (venstre) til 1 (høgre)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:828
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Vel når fokusert"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:829
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr "Om innhaldet i ei oppføring skal merkast når oppføringa vert fokusert"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:273
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Fullføringsmodell"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:274
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "Modellen som skal søkast gjennom etter høvelege strengar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Minste nøkkellengde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:281
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Minste lengde på søkenøkkelen før det vert søkt etter treff"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:296
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Tekstkolonne"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:297
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "Ei kolonne som strengane skal hentast frå i datakjeldemodellen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:315
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:316
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Om kanten skal visast eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:330
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:331
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Om kanten skal visast eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Synleg vindauge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:122
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Om hendingsboksen er synleg, i motsetning til om han er usynleg og berre "
"brukt til å fanga hendingar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Barnet over"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:129
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Om det hendingsfangande vindauget til hendingsboksen er over vindauget til "
"barne-skjermelementet, og ikkje under det"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Utvida"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Om utvidaren har vorte opna for å visa fram barne-skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Tekst på merkelappen til utvidaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:222 gtk/gtklabel.c:308
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Bruk oppmerking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:223 gtk/gtklabel.c:309
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "Teksten på merkelappen brukar XML-oppmerking. Sjå pango_parse_markup()"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:231
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Ekstra mellomrom å setja mellom barnet og merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:240 gtk/gtkframe.c:171 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Merkelapp-skjermelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "Eit skjermelement å visa i staden for den vanlege utvidarmerkelappen"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:247 gtk/gtktreeview.c:701
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Storleik på utvidar"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:248 gtk/gtktreeview.c:702
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Storleiken på utvidarpil"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:257
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Plass rundt utvidarpila"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:176
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Handling"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:177
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "Handlinga som filveljaren utfører"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:183
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System Backend"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Filsystem"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:184
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
msgstr "Namn på ikondrakta som skal brukast"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filter"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "Filteret som avgjer kva for nokre filer som vert viste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Berre lokale"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:196
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr "Om det berre skal visast lokale filer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Skjermelement for førehandsvising"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
msgstr "Programmet sin tilpassa førehandsvisar."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Førehandsvisar aktiv"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:208
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Om programmet sin tilpassa førehandsvisar skal visast."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:213
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "Bruk storleik i merkelapp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:214
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Ekstra skjermelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
msgstr "Programmet sitt element for ekstra brukarval."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Vel fleire filer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:226 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:576
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Om det kan veljast fleire filer om gongen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:232
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Vis skjulte"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Om skjulte filer og mapper skal visast"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:581
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:582
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "Namn på ikondrakta som skal brukast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:560 gtk/gtkimage.c:171
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filnamn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:561
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The currently selected filename"
msgstr "Det valde filnamnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show file operations"
msgstr "Vis filhandlingar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
msgstr "Om knappane for å oppretta og endra filer skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:575
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select multiple"
msgstr "Vel fleire"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:122 gtk/gtklayout.c:615
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X position"
msgstr "X-posisjon"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:123 gtk/gtklayout.c:616
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "X-posisjonen til barneskjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:132 gtk/gtklayout.c:625
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Y-posisjon"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:133 gtk/gtklayout.c:626
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Y-posisjonen til barneskjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:177
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr "Tittelen på skrifttypeveljardialogen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:192 gtk/gtkfontsel.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Skriftnamn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:193
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "Namnet på den valte skrifttypen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:194
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Bruk skrifttype i merkelapp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Om teksten på merkelappen vert teikna med den valte skrifttypen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Bruk storleik i merkelapp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Om teksten på merkelappen vert teikna med den valte skriftstorleiken"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Vis stil"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Om den valte skriftstilen vert vist i merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:257
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Vis storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:258
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Om den valte skriftstorleiken vert vist i merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The X string that represents this font"
msgstr "X-strengen som representerer denne skrifta"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
msgstr "GdkFont som er vald no"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Førehandsvisning av tekst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr "Teksten som skal brukast til å visa den valte skrifttypen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Tekst i merkelappen til ramma"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "X-justering av merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "Vassrett justering av merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "Y-justering av merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "Loddrett justering av merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:155 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:200
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
msgstr "Utfasa eigenskap. Bruk shadow_type i staden"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Rammeskugge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Utsjånad på rammekanten"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:172
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "Eit skjermelement å visa i staden for den vanlege rammemerkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:207 gtk/gtkmenubar.c:157 gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:201
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:582 gtk/gtkviewport.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Skuggetype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Utsjånad på skuggen rundt haldaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Plassering av handtak"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:217
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Plassering av handtaket relativt til barneskjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Festekant"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Sida av handtakboksen som står på linje med tilkoplingspunktet for å festa "
"handtakboksen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:234
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Festekant satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:235
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Om verdien frå snap_edge-eigenskapen eller ein verdi utleidd frå "
"handle_position skal brukast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Eit GdkPixbuf som skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixmap"
msgstr "Pixmap"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr "Eit GdkPixmap som skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:155
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Bilete"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr "Eit GdkImage som skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "Maske"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:164
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
msgstr "Maskebitkart som skal brukast med GdkImage eller GdkPixmap"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:172
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Namn på fil som skal lastast og visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "Standard-ID på eit standardbilete som skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Ikonsett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Ikonsett som skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:196
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Ikonstorleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size to use for stock icon or icon set"
msgstr "Storleik som skal brukast på standardikon eller ikonsett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animasjon"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation som skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Lagertype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:214
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "Representasjonen som vert brukt til biletedata"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Bilete-skjermelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Barne-skjermelement som skal visast attmed menyteksten"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:145
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Vis vekenummer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:146
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Om arkfaner skal visast eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:116 gtk/gtkwindow.c:571
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Skjerm"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:117 gtk/gtkwindow.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "Skjermen kor dette vindauget vert vist"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:295
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "Tekst på merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:302
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Ei liste med stilattributtar som teksten i merkelappen skal påførast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:323 gtk/gtktexttag.c:376 gtk/gtktextview.c:594
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:324
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"Justeringa av linjene i teksten til merkelappen, relativt til kvarandre. "
"Dette påvirkar IKKJE justeringa av merkelappen innanfor sitt område. Sjå "
"GtkMisc::xalign for det"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:332
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Mønster"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:333
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Ein streng med «_»-teikn i dei plassane som svarer til teikn i teksten som "
"skal understrekast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:340
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Linjebrekking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:341
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "Dersom denne er satt, skal linjer brekkast dersom dei vert for lange"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:347
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Valgbar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:348
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Om teksten på merkelappen kan markerast med musa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:354
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Snøggtast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:355
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "Snøggtasten til denne merkelappen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:363
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Snøggtastelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:364
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr ""
"Skjermelementet som skal aktiverast når snøggtasten til merkelappen vert "
"trykt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:408
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:635 gtk/gtkviewport.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Vassrett justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:636 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:239
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "GtkAdjustment for den vassrette plasseringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:643 gtk/gtkviewport.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Loddrett justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:644 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "GtkAdjustment for den loddrette justeringa"
# TRN: Eg synest «plassering» er feil omsetjing av "layout".
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:652
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "Breidda på plasseringa"
# TRN: Eg synest «plassering» er feil omsetjing av "layout".
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:661
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "Høgda på plasseringa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:521
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Tittel på avriven meny"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:522
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Ein tittel som kan visast av vindaugshandsamaren når denne menyen er riven av"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:536
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Tittel på avriven meny"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:537
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr ""
"Ein tittel som kan visast av vindaugshandsamaren når denne menyen er riven av"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Loddrett polstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "Kor mykje plass som skal setjast av i toppen og botnen av menyen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:552
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Loddrett forskyving"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:553
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Når menyen er ein undermeny, skal han forskyvast loddrett så mange pikslar"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:561
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Vassrett forskyving"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:562
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Når menyen er ein undermeny, skal han forskyvast vassrett så mange pikslar"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Venstre feste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:573 gtk/gtktable.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "<Kolonnenummeret som venstre side av barnet skal festast i"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Høgre feste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:581
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "Kolonnenummeret som høgre side av barnet skal festast i"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Toppfeste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:589
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "Kolonnenummeret som toppen av barnet skal festast i"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Botnfeste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:597 gtk/gtktable.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "Kolonnenummeret som botnen av barnet skal festast i"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:684
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Kan endra snøggtastar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:685
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Om menysnøggtastar kan endrast ved å trykka ein tast over menyvalet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Pause før undermenyar vert viste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Den minste tida peikaren må vera over ei menyoppføring før undermenyen kjem "
"fram"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr "Pause før undermenyar går vekk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:699
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Kor lang tid det skal gå før undermenyen vert teken vekk når peikaren går "
"mot undermenyen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:158
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Stil på kanten rundt menylinja"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:165 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Intern polstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Kor mykje kantrom det skal vera mellom skuggen til menylinja og "
"menyoppføringane"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:173
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Pause før nedtrekksmenyane vert viste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Pause før undermenyane i ei menylinje vert viste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:108
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Kant rundt bilete/merkelapp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:109
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Breidda på kanten rundt ein merkelapp og eit bilete i meldingsdialogen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:124
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "Har skiljelinje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:125
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Meldingstype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "Typen melding"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Meldingsknappar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Knappane som vert viste i meldingsdialogen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:110
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Y-justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:111
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "Den loddrette justeringa, frå 0 (øvst) til 1 (nedst)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:120
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "X-polstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:121
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Kor mykje plass som skal setjast av på høgre og venstre side av kvart "
"skjermelement, i pikslar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Y-polstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:131
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Kor mykje plass som skal setjast av over og under kvart skjermelement, i "
"pikslar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:401
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Side"
# TRN: Sidetalet?
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:402
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "Indeksen til den noverande sida"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:410
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Plassering av arkfaner"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:411
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Kva for ei side av notisblokka skal arkfanene vera på"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:418
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab Border"
msgstr "Arkfanekant"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:419
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
msgstr "Breidda på kanten rundt arkfanemerkelappane"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:427
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
msgstr "Vassrett fanekant"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:428
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
msgstr "Breidda på den vassrette kanten av arkfanemerkelappane"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:436
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
msgstr "Loddrett arkfanekant"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:437
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
msgstr "Høgda av den loddrette kanten av arkfanemerkelappane"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:445
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Vis arkfaner"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:446
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
msgstr "Om arkfaner skal visast eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:452
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Vis kant"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:453
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
msgstr "Om kanten skal visast eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:459
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Kan rullast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:460
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er sann, vil rullepiler verta viste når det er for mange "
"arkfaner til å visa alle på ein gong."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:466
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Bruk oppsprett"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:467
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er sann, kan du høgreklikka i notisboka og få fram ein meny du "
"kan bruka til å gå til ei side"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:474
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
msgstr "Om arkfanene skal vera like store"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:481
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Merkelapp på arkfanen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Strengen som vert vist på arkfanen til barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:488
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Menymerkelapp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Strengen som vert vist i menyoppføringa til barnet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:502
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Utvid arkfaner"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:503
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Om arkfanene til barnet skal utvidast eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:509
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Arkfanepolstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:510
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Om arkfanene til barnet skal bruka heile området som er satt av eller ikkje"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:516
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr "Type arkfanepakking"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:532 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:115
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Sekundært bakoversteg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:533
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Vis ein sekundær knapp med bakoverpil på motsatt side av arkfaneområdet"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:549 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:123
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Sekundært framoversteg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:550
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Vis ein sekundær knapp med framoverpil på motsatt side av arkfaneområdet"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:565 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:99
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Bakoversteg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:566 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:100
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Vis standard knapp med bakoverpil"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:581 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:107
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Framoversteg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:582 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:108
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Vis standard knapp med framoversteg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:194
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Meny"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The menu of options"
msgstr "Meny med alternativ"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
msgstr "Storleik på nedtrekksindikatoren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around indicator"
msgstr "Plass rundt indikatoren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:241
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:249
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Posisjon satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "Sann dersom eigenskapen «Position» skal brukast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:256
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Storleik på handtak"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:257
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Breidde på handtak"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:273
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Minste posisjon"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:274
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "Minste moglege verdi til eigenskapen «plassering»"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:291
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Største plassering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:292
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "Største moglege verdi til eigenskapen «plassering»"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:309
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Endra storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:310
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:325
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Krymp"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:326
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Dersom denne er sann, kan barnet gjerast mindre enn det ber om å vera"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpreview.c:134
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Om førehandsvisingskjermelementet skal bruka all plassen som er satt av til "
"det"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity mode"
msgstr "Aktivitetsmodus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
"something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This "
"is used when you're doing something that you don't know how long it will take"
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er sann, er GtkProgress i aktivitetsmodus. Det vil seia at det "
"fortel at noko skjer, men ikkje kor langt det er kome. Dette vert brukt til "
"aktivitetar der det ikkje er kjent kor lang tid det vil ta"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Vis tekst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text"
msgstr "Om framgangen vert vist som tekst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "X-justering av tekst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the text "
"in the progress widget"
msgstr ""
"Den vassrette plasseringa av teksten i framdriftsskjermelementet. Moglege "
"verdiar er mellom 0,0 og 1,0"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Y-justering av tekst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the text "
"in the progress widget"
msgstr ""
"Den loddrette plasseringa av teksten i framdriftsskjermelementet. Moglege "
"verdiar er mellom 0,0 og 1,0"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:143 gtk/gtkrange.c:334 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
msgstr "GtkAdjustment kopla til framdriftsvisaren (Fasa ut)"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:151 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:507
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Retning"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "Peikeretningen og vekstretningen til framdriftsvisaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bar style"
msgstr "Stil på linja"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
msgstr "Visuell stil på framdriftsvisaren, i prosent (Fasa ut)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity Step"
msgstr "Aktivitetssteg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Kor mykje linja skal gå fram for kvar gjennomgang i aktivitetsmodus (Fasa ut)"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:179
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity Blocks"
msgstr "Aktivitetsblokker"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:180
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity mode "
"(Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
"Talet på blokker som får plass i framdriftsvisaren i aktivitetsmodus (Fasa "
"ut)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Discrete Blocks"
msgstr "Frittståande blokker"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the discrete "
"style)"
msgstr ""
"Talet på frittståande blokker i ein framdriftsvisar (når vist med "
"frittståande blokker)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Brøkdel"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:200
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "Kor stor del av arbeidet som er ferdig"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Pulssteg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:210
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr "Kor mykje sprettblokka skal flytta seg når ho vert pulsa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Tekst som skal visast i framdriftsvisaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The value"
msgstr "Verdien"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"Verdien som vert returnert av gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() når denne "
"handlinga er den noverande handlinga til gruppa til funksjonen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:156 gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:113
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Gruppe"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Radioknappen som er med i same gruppe som dette skjermelementet."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:114
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Radioknappen som er med i same gruppe som dette skjermelementet."
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:325
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "Oppdateringsregel"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:326
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr "Korleis området skal oppdaterast på skjermen"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:335
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"GtkAdjustment som inneheld den noverande verdien til dette områdeobjektet"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:342
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Omvendt"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:343
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr "Snu retningen glidaren går for å auka verdien i området"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:349
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Breidde på glidebrytaren"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:350
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Breidde på rullefelt eller skaleringsgrep"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:357
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Traukant"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:358
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:365
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:366
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Lengde på stegknappane på endane"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:373
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:374
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:381
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "X-forskyving av pila"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:382
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Kor langt i X-retningen pila skal flyttast når knappen vert trykt ned"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:389
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Y-forskyving av pila"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:390
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Kor langt i Y-retningen pila skal flyttast når knappen vert trykt ned"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:120
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Lower"
msgstr "Nedre"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr "Nedre verdi på linjal"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Upper"
msgstr "Øvre"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr "Øvre verdi på linjal"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:141
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr "Plassering av merke på linjalen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "Største storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "Største storleik på linjalen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:172 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Siffer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:173
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "Kor mange desimalplassar som skal visast i verdien"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Vis verdi"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Om den noverande verdien skal visast som ein streng attmed glidebrytaren"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Plassering av verdi"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "Kor verdistrengen skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Lengde på glidaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Lengda på glidebrytaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Mellomrom mellom verdiane"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
msgstr "Mellomrom mellom verditeksten og glidebrytaren/trauet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Minste lengde på rullelista"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:83
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Minste lengde på rullelista i rullefeltet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:91
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Fast storleik på rullelista"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:92
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr "Ikkje endra storleiken på rullelista, men bruk minste storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:116
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Vis ein sekundær knapp med bakoverpil på motsatt side av rullefeltet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:124
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a secondary forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Vis ein sekundær knapp med framoverpil på motsatt side av rullefeltet"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:238 gtk/gtktext.c:603 gtk/gtktreeview.c:563
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Vassrett justering"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:245 gtk/gtktext.c:611 gtk/gtktreeview.c:571
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Loddrett justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:252
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Åtferda til vassrett rullefelt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:253
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Når vassrett rullefelt skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Åtferda til loddrett rullefelt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Når loddrett rullefelt skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:269
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Plassering av vindauge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars"
msgstr "Kor innhaldet skal plasserast med omsyn til rullefelta"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:277
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Skuggetype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:285
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Avstand til rullefelta"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:286
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr "Tal på pikslar mellom rullefelta og vindauget som vert rulla"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Teikna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Om mellomromma er teikna opp eller berre blanke"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:267
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "Tid for dobbeltklikk"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:268
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Største tid (i millisekund) mellom to klikk for at det skal reknast som eit "
"dobbeltklikk "
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:275
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr "Avstand ved dobbeltklikk"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:276
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Største avstand (i pikslar) mellom to klikk for at det skal reknast som eit "
"dobbeltklikk"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:283
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Markørblinking"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:284
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Om markøren skal blinka"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:291
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Markørblinking tid"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:292
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milleseconds"
msgstr "Kor lenge kvart blink varar, i millisekund"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:299
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Delt markør"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:300
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Om det skal visast to markørar i blanda venstre-til-høgre-tekst og høgre-til-"
"venstre-tekst"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:307
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Namn på drakt"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:308
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Namn på RC-fil som skal lastast"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Namn på ikondrakt"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:316
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Namn på ikondrakta som skal brukast"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:324
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Namn på nøkkeltema"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:325
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Namn på nøkkeltemaet si RC-fil som skal lastast"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:333
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Snøggtast for menylinje"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:334
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Snøggtast som går til menylinja"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:342
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Grense for draing"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:343
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Kor mange pikslar markøren skal flytta seg før det vert rekna som å dra"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:351
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Skriftnamn"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:352
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of default font to use"
msgstr "Namn på standardskrift"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:360
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Ikonstorleik"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:361
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16;gtk-button=20,20..."
msgstr "Liste over ikonstorleikar (gtk-menu=16,16;gtk-button=20,20..."
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:369
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:370
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:379
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:380
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:389
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:390
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:399
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:400
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "What degree of hinting to use; none, slight, medium, or full"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:409
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:410
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:419
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:420
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:244
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group effects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Retningen som storleikgruppa påvirkar storleiken til komponentane sine i"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr "Justeringa som held verdien til ein talboks"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Klatrerate"
# gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:223
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:251
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "Aksellerasjonsrate når du held ein knapp nede"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "Kor mange desimalplassar som skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Fest til tikk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:271
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Om ugyldige verdiar skal rundast av til den næraste gyldige verdtrinn i "
"talboksen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numerisk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Om ikkje-numeriske teikn skal oversjåast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:286
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Gå rundt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:287
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Om ein talboks skal gå rundt når han går forbi den største tillatne verdien"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:294
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Oppdateringsregel"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:295
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Om talboksen alltid skal oppdatera, eller berre når verdien er gyldig"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:304
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Les den noverande verdien, eller set ein ny verdi"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:313
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Stil på kanten rundt talboksen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
msgstr "Har handtak til å endra storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:175
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Stil på kanten rundt statuslinjeteksten"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Rader"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "Tal på rader i tabellen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Kolonner"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "Tal på kolonner i tabellen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:178
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Radmellomrom"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:179
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "Kor mykje avstand det er mellom to naborader"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:187
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Kolonnemellomrom"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "Kor mykje avstand det er mellom to nabokolonner"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:196
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Homogenous"
msgstr "Einsarta"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE this means the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Dersom denne er sann, har alle tabellcellene same breidde og høgde."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Venstre feste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:211
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Høgre feste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Kolonnenummeret som høgre side av eit barne-skjermelement skal festast i"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:218
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Toppfeste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "Kolonnenummeret som toppen av eit barne-skjermelement skal festast i"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Botnfeste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:232
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Vassrette innstillingar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation. 2004-01-27 Åsmund Skjæveland <aasmunds@fys.uio.no> * nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-27 07:46:47 +00:00
msgstr "Innstillingar som styrer den vassrette åtferda til barnet"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:239
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Loddrette innstillingar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation. 2004-01-27 Åsmund Skjæveland <aasmunds@fys.uio.no> * nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-27 07:46:47 +00:00
msgstr "Innstillingar som styrer den loddrette åtferda til barnet"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Vassrett polstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:247
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Kor mykje plass, målt i pikslar, som skal setjast mellom barnet og naboane "
"til høgre og venstre"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:253
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Loddrett polstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:254
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr "Ekstra mellomrom mellom barnet og naboane under og over, i pikslar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr "Vassrett justering av tekst-skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:612
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr "Loddrett justering av tekst-skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:619
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Line Wrap"
msgstr "Linjebryting"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:620
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr "Om linjer vert brotne på kanten av skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:627
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Word Wrap"
msgstr "Orddeling"
# TRN: Er dette rett? Eg mistenker at dette er stikk motsatt av rett.
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:628
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr "Om ord vert delte på kanten av skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:184
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Bakgrunnsfarge som ein GdkColor (treng ikkje vera allokert)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:223
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Full høgde på bakgrunnsfargen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:224
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Om bakgrunnsfargen fyller heile linjehøgda eller berre høgda av dei merka "
"teikna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:232
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr "Bitkart som skal brukast som maske når tekstbakgrunnen vert teikna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Framgrunnsfarge som ein GdkColor (treng ikkje vera allokert)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:258
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:259
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
msgstr "Bitkart som skal brukast som maske når tekstframgrunnen vert teikna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:266
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Tekstretning"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:267
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Retninga teksten går. Frå høgre til venstre, eller frå venstre til høgre."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:284
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr "Skildring av skrifttypen som ein streng, t.d. «Sans Italic 12»"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:309
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr "Skriftstil som ein PangoStyle, t.d. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:318
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr "Skriftvariant som ein PangoVariant, t.d. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:327
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
"Skriftvekt som eit heiltal. Sjå førehandsdefinerte verdiar i PangoWeight, t."
"d. PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:338
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr "Skriftstrekking som ein PangoStretch, t.d. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:347
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Skriftstorleik, i Pango-einingar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:357
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
"Skriftstorleiken som ein skaleringsfaktor relativt til standardstorleiken. "
"Dette er den tilrådde måten, sidan det tilpassar seg endringar i drakt o.a. "
"Pango omdefinerer somme skaleringar slik som PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:377 gtk/gtktextview.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Venstre-, høgre- eller senterjustering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:386
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"Språket denne teksten er i, som ein ISO-kode. Pango kan bruka dette som eit "
"hint når teksten vert teikna. Dersom du ikkje skjønar denne parameteren, "
"treng du han truleg ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:393
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Venstremarg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:394 gtk/gtktextview.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Breidda på venstremargen, i pikslar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:403
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Høgremarg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:404 gtk/gtktextview.c:614
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Breidda på høgremargen, i pikslar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:414 gtk/gtktextview.c:623
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Innrykk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:415 gtk/gtktextview.c:624
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Kor mykje avsnittet skal rykkast inn, i pikslar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:426
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in pixels"
msgstr ""
"Kor mykje over grunnlinja teksten skal stå, i pikslar (teksten kjem under "
"grunnlinja dersom denne er negativ)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:435
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Pikslar over linjer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:436 gtk/gtktextview.c:548
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Pikslar med tomrom over avsnitt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:445
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Pikslar under linjer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:446 gtk/gtktextview.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Pikslar med tomrom under avsnitt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:455
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Pikslar inni bryting"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:456 gtk/gtktextview.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Pikslar med tomrom mellom brotne linjer i eit avsnitt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:482
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Tekstbrytingsmåte"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:483 gtk/gtktextview.c:586
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Om linjer skal brytast aldri, mellom ord, eller mellom teikn."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:492 gtk/gtktextview.c:633
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Tabulatorar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:493 gtk/gtktextview.c:634
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Eigendefinerte tabulatorar for denne teksten"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:500
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Usynleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:501
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this text is hidden. Not implemented in GTK 2.0"
msgstr "Om denne teksten er skjult. Ikkje implementert i GTK 2.0"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:514
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Full høgde for bakgrunnen er satt"
# TRN: Er dette rett omsetjing av "tag"?
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:515
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar bakgrunnshøgda"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:518
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:526
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:527
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:562
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Plassering satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:563
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar plassering av avsnitt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:570
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Venstre marg satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:571
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar venstremargen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:574
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Innrykk satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:575
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar innrykk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:582
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Pikslar over linjer satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:583 gtk/gtktexttag.c:587
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar talet på pikslar over linjene"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:586
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Pikslar under linjene"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:590
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Pikslar innanfor brytingssettet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:591
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar talet på pikslar mellom brotne linjer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:598
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Høgre marg satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:599
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar høgremargen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:606
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Brytingsmåte satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:607
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar måten linjer vert brotne på"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:610
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Arkfaner satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:611
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar arkfaner"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:614
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Usynleg satt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:615
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Om denne merkinga påvirkar om tekst er synleg eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Pikslar over linjer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:557
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Pikslar under linjer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Pikslar inni tekstbrot"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:585
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Tekstbrytingsmåte"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:603
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Venstremarg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:613
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Høgremarg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:641
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Skrivemerke synleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:642
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Om innsetjingsmarkøren vert vist eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:649
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Buffer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:650
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "Bufferet som vert vist"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:657
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Overskrivingsmodus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:658
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Om tekst som vert skriven inn skriv over teksten som er der frå før"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:665
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Tek imot tabulator"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:666
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Om eit tabulatorteikn vert vist når Tab vert trykt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:675
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Framgrunnsfarge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:676
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Fargen som innsetjingsmarkøren skal teiknast med"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
msgstr "Om knappen skal vera trykt inn eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Om knappen er i ein mellomtilstand"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Teikn indikator"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Om av/på-delen av knappen skal visast"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:508
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
msgstr "Retning på verktøylinja"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:516
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Stil på verktøylinja"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:517
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Korleis teikna opp verktøylinja"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:524
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Vis pil"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:525
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "Om ei pil skal visast dersom det ikkje er plass til heile verktøylinja"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:534
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr "Om oppføringa skal få meir plass når verktøylinja veks"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:542
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr "Om oppføringa skal vera like stor som andre einskaplege element"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:549
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Storleik på avstandsstykke"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:550
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Storleik på avstandsstykke"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:559
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr "Kantområde mellom skuggen til verktøylinja og knappane"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Mellomromstil"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Om mellomromma er loddrette linjer eller berre blanke"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:575
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Knapperelieff"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:576
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Type kant rundt verktøylinjeknappane"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:583
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Stil på kanten rundt verktøylinja"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:589
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Stil på verktøylinje"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr "Om verktøylinjene berre har tekst, tekst og ikon, berre ikon, etc."
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar icon size"
msgstr "Storleik på verktøylinjeikon"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:597
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in default toolbars"
msgstr "Storleiken på ikona i standardverktøylinjer"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Tekst å visa i elementet"
# TRN: Hæ?
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er satt, skal ei understreking i teksten visa at det neste "
"teiknet skal brukast som snøggtast i overflytmenyen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:196
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Skjermelement som skal brukast til merkelapp på eit element"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "Standard-ID"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:203
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "Standardikonet som vert vist på elementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Ikon-skjermelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:210
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Ikon-skjermelement som skal visast på elementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitem.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Om verktøylinjeoppføringa vert rekna som viktig. Når denne er sann, vil "
"verktøylinjeknappane visa tekst i GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ-modus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modell for TreeModelSort"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "Modellen som TreeModelSort skal sortera"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:555
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "TreeView-modell"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:556
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "Modellen for trevisinga"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:564
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Vassrett justering for skjermelementet"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Loddrett justering for skjermelementet"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:580
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Vis knappar for kolonnetopptekst"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:587
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Tabellhovuda kan klikkast"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:588
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "Kolonnehovuda svarer på klikk"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Utvidarkolonne"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Sett kolonne for utvidarkolonne"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:603 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Kan omorganiserast"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "Visinga kan omorganiserast"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:611
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Regelhint"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:612
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr "Sett eit hint til draktmotoren for å teikna radene i vekslande fargar"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:619
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Tillat søk"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:620
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr "Visinga let brukaren søka interaktivt i kolonnene"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:627
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Søkekolonne"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:628
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Model column to search through when searching through code"
msgstr "Modellkolonne som skal søkast gjennom ved søk i koden"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:648
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Modus for fast høgde"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:649
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr ""
"Får GtkTreeView til å gå raskare ved å gå ut ifrå at alle radene har same "
"høgd"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:669
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:670
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Om fargeveljaren skal tillata å velja kor ugjennomsiktig fargen er"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:689
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Utvid"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:690
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collaped when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr "Om vindauget skal pyntast av vindaugshandsamaren"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:710
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Breidde på loddrett skilje"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:711
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Loddrett mellomrom mellom celler. Må vera eit partal"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:719
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Breidde på vassrett skilje"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:720
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Vassrett mellomrom mellom celler. Må vera eit partal"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:728
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Tillat reglar"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:729
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Tillat at radene vert teikna med vekslande fargar"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:735
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Rykk inn utvidarar"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:736
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Gjer utvidarane innrykka"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:742
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Farge på partalsrader"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:743
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Fargen som skal brukast på partalsrader"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:749
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Farge på oddetalsrader"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:750
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Fargen som skal brukast på oddetalsrader"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Om kolonna skal visast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:233 gtk/gtkwindow.c:494
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Kan endra storleik"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:234
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "Brukaren kan endra storleiken på kolonna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Noverande breidde på kolonna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:251
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:259
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Storleiksendring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Korleis storleiken til kolonna vert endra"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:268
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Fast breidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:269
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Noverande faste breidde på kolonna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Minste breidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Minste tillatne breidde på kolonna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:288
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Største breidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:289
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Største tillatne breidde på kolonna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Titlen som skal visast i kolonnehovudet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:307
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Kolonna får ein del av den ekstra breidda som er satt av til skjermelementet"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:314
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Klikkbar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Om hovudet kan klikkast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:323
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Skjermelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
"Skjermelement som skal setjast i kolonnehovudknappen i staden for "
"kolonnetittel"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Justering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "X-justering av kolonnehovudteksten eller -skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Om kolonna kan omorganiserast etter titlar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:349
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Sorteringsindikator"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:350
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Om ein sorteringsindikator skal visast eller ikkje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:357
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Sorteringsrekkefølgje"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:358
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Sorteringsretning som sorteringsindikatoren skal visa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:222
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Om menyane skal utstyrast med linjer som gjer det mogleg å riva laus menyane"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:230
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Ein XML-streng som skildrar fletta brukargrensesnitt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"GtkAdjustment som styrer verdiane til den vassrette plasseringa til dette "
"visingsområdet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"GtkAdjustment som styrer verdiane til den loddrette plasseringa til dette "
"visingsområdet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr "Styrer korleis den skuggelagte boksen rundt visingsområdet vert teikna"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:410
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Skjermelementnamn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:411
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "Namnet på skjermelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:417
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Forelderelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:418
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Forelderelementet til dette skjermelementet. Må vera eit Container-element"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:425
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Førespurnad om breidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:426
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Overstyring for førespurnaden om breidde for elementet, eller -1 dersom "
"naturleg førespurnad skal brukast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:434
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Høgdeførespurnad"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:435
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Overstyring for førespurnaden om høgde for elementet, eller -1 dersom "
"naturleg førespurnad skal brukast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:444
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Om skjermelementet er synleg"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:451
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Om skjermelementet reagerer på inndata"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:457
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application paintable"
msgstr "Kan teiknast på"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:458
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
msgstr "Om eit program vil teikna direkte på elementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:464
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Kan fokusera"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:465
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Om skjermelementet kan ta inndatafokus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:471
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Har fokus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:472
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Om skjermelementet har inndatafokus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:478
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "Er fokus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:479
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Om skjermelementet er det fokuserte elementet i toppnoden"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:485
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can default"
msgstr "kan vera standard"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:486
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
msgstr "Om skjermelementet kan vera standardelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:492
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "Har standardverdi"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:493
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr "Om skjermelementet er standardelementet"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:499
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "Får standard"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:500
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Om denne er sann, vil skjermelementet få standardhandling når det er fokusert"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:506
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Samansatt barn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:507
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Om barnet er ein del av eit samansatt skjermelement"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:513
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Stil"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:514
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
"Stilen til elementet. Inneheld informasjon om korleis det ser ut (fargar o."
"a.)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:520
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Hendingar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:521
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr "Hendingsmaska som avgjer kva slags GdkEvents dette elementet får"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:528
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr "Utvidingshendingar"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:529
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr "Maska som avgjer kva slags utvidingar dette elementet får"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:536
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Ingen «vis alt»"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:537
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Om gtk_widget_show_all() <b>ikkje</b> skal påvirka dette skjermelementet"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1378
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Internt fokus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1379
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Om fokusindikatoren skal teiknast inni skjermelementa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1385
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Fokuslinjebreidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1386
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Breidda, i pikslar, på fokusindikatorlinja"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1392
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Prikkemønster på fokuslinja"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1393
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Prikkemønster som vert brukt til å teikna fokusindikatoren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1398
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Fokuspolstring"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1399
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Breidda, i pikslar, mellom fokusindikatoren og elementboksen"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1404
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Markørfarge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1405
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Fargen som innsetjingsmarkøren skal teiknast med"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1410
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Sekundær markørfarge"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1411
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Fargen som den sekundære innsetjingsmarkøren skal teiknast med under "
"redigering av blanda venstre-til-høgre- og høgre-til-venstre-tekst"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1416
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Tilhøvetalet for markørlinja"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Tilhøvetalet som innsetjingsmarkøren skal teiknast med"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:452
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Vindaugetype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:453
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "Vindaugetype"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:461
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Vindaugetittel"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:462
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "Tittelen på vindauget"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:469
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Rolla til vindauget"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:470
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr "Unikt kjenneteikn på vindauget, brukt når ei økt vert gjenoppretta"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:477
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Shrink"
msgstr "Tillat å krympa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:479
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er sann, har ikkje vindauget nokon minste storleik. Å setja "
"denne til sann er ein dårleg idé 99% av tida"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:486
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Grow"
msgstr "Tillat å veksa"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:487
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
msgstr "Dersom sann, kan brukarar utvida vindauget utover maksimumsstorleiken"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:495
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Dersom sann, kan brukarar endra storleik på vindauget"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:502
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modalt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:503
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"Dersom denne er sann, er vindauget modalt (andre vindauge kan ikkje brukast "
"så lenge dette er framme)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:510
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Vindaugeplassering"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:511
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "Startposisjonen til vindauget"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:519
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "Standardbreidde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:520
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Standardbreidda på vindauget, vert brukt når vindauget vert vist fyrste gong"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:529
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "Standardhøgde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:530
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
"Standardhøgda på vindauget, vert brukt når vindauget vert vist fyrste gong"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:539
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Øydelegg saman med forelder"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:540
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "Om dette vindauget skal øydeleggast når forelderen blir øydelagd"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Ikon"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:548
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Ikonet til dette vindauget"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:563
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Skriftnamn"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:564
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Ikonet til dette vindauget"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:579
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Er aktivt"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:580
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Om toppnivået er det noverande aktive vindauget"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:587
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Fokus i toppnivå"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:588
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Om inndatafokus er i dette GtkWindow-et"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Type hint"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Hint som skal hjelpa skrivebordsmiljøet til å skjøna kva slags vindauge "
"dette er, og korleis det skal handsamast"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Hopp over oppgåveliste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:605
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "Sann dersom vindauget ikkje skal vera i oppgåvelista"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:612
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Hopp over vindaugeliste"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:613
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "SANN dersom vinduet ikkje skal vera i vindaugelista."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:627
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "ta imot fokus"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:628
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "Sann dersom vinduet skal ta imot inndata-fokus."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:642
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Fokuser ved klikk"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:643
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "Sann dersom vinduet skal ta imot inndata-fokus."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:657
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Pynta"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:658
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Om vindauget skal pyntast av vindaugshandsamaren"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:673
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Tyngde"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:674
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "Tyngda til vindauget"
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Stil på IM-førehandsredigering"
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Korleis førehandsredigeringsstrengen til ein inndatametode skal skrivast"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:339
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "IM-statusstil"
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:340
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Korleis statuslinja for inndatametoden skal teiknast"
Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation. 2004-01-27 Åsmund Skjæveland <aasmunds@fys.uio.no> * nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-27 07:46:47 +00:00
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Row separator column"
#~ msgstr "Har skiljelinje"
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#~ msgid "ComboBox appareance"
#~ msgstr "Utsjånad på kombinasjonsboks"
#~ msgid "ComboBox appearance, where TRUE means Windows-style."
#~ msgstr "Utsjånad på kombinasjonsboks. Dersom sann, ver slik som på Windows."
#~ msgid "Folder Mode"
#~ msgstr "Mappemodus"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#~ msgid "File system object to use"
#~ msgstr "Filsystemobjekt som skal brukast"
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink